blob: 93d503e20b5b45feab2d2ee7484d36f96cb2e097 [file] [log] [blame]
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +000014
Douglas Gregorc3a6ade2010-08-12 20:07:10 +000015#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +000017#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000018#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
20#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000023#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000024#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000025#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000026#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000027#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +000028#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
Alp Tokerb6cc5922014-05-03 03:45:55 +000029#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
Richard Smith4caa4492015-05-15 02:34:32 +000030#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000031#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000041#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000042#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000043#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000044#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000045#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000046#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000047#include <algorithm>
48#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000049#include <limits>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000050#include <list>
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +000051#include <map>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000052#include <set>
53#include <utility>
54#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000055
56using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000057using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000058
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000059namespace {
60 class UnqualUsingEntry {
61 const DeclContext *Nominated;
62 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000063
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000064 public:
65 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
66 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
67 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
68 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000069
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000070 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
71 return CommonAncestor;
72 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000073
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000074 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
75 return Nominated;
76 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000077
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000078 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
79 struct Comparator {
80 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
81 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
82 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000083
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000084 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
85 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
86 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000087
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000088 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
89 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
90 }
91 };
92 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000093
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000094 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
95 /// lookup.
96 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000097 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000098
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000099 ListTy list;
100 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000101
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000102 public:
103 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000104
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000105 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000106 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000107 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
108 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
109 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000110 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000111 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000112
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000113 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000114 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
115 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
116 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000117 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000118 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
119 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
120 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Aaron Ballman5df6aa42014-03-17 17:03:37 +0000121 for (auto *I : S->using_directives())
122 visit(I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000123 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000124 }
125 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000126
127 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
128 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
129 // declared in the context.
130 //
131 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
132 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
133 // the effective DCs right.
134 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000135 if (!visited.insert(DC).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000136 return;
137
138 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
139 }
140
141 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
142 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
143 // were declared in the effective DC.
144 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
145 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000146 if (!visited.insert(NS).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000147 return;
148
149 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
150 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
151 }
152
153 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
154 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
155 // the given effective context.
156 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +0000157 SmallVector<DeclContext*, 4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000158 while (true) {
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +0000159 for (auto UD : DC->using_directives()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000160 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000161 if (visited.insert(NS).second) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000162 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
163 queue.push_back(NS);
164 }
165 }
166
167 if (queue.empty())
168 return;
169
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000170 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000171 }
172 }
173
174 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
175 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
176 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
177 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
178 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
179 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
180 // the first.
181 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
182 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
183 // the nominated namespace.
184 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
185 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
186 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000187 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000188
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000189 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
190 }
191
192 void done() {
193 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
194 }
195
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000196 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000197
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000198 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
199 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
200
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000201 llvm::iterator_range<const_iterator>
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000202 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000203 return llvm::make_range(std::equal_range(begin(), end(),
204 DC->getPrimaryContext(),
205 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator()));
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000206 }
207 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +0000208} // end anonymous namespace
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000209
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000210// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
211// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000212static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
213 bool CPlusPlus,
214 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000215 unsigned IDNS = 0;
216 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000217 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000218 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000219 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000220 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000221 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000222 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000223 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000224 if (Redeclaration)
225 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000226 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000227 if (Redeclaration)
228 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000229 break;
230
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000231 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
232 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
233 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
234 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
235 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
236 break;
237
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000238 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000239 if (CPlusPlus) {
240 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
241
242 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
243 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
244 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
245 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
246 // "overload" with tag decls.
247 if (Redeclaration)
248 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
249 } else {
250 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
251 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000252 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000253
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000254 case Sema::LookupLabel:
255 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
256 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000257
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000258 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
259 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
260 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000261 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000262 break;
263
264 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000265 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
266 break;
267
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000268 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000269 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000270 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000271
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000272 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000273 assert(Redeclaration && "should only be used for redecl lookup");
274 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member |
275 Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |
276 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000277 break;
278
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000279 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
280 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
281 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000282
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000283 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000284 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000285 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
286 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
287 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000288 }
289 return IDNS;
290}
291
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000292void LookupResult::configure() {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000293 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000294 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000295
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000296 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
297 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
298 // operators can be found.
299 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
300 case OO_New:
301 case OO_Delete:
302 case OO_Array_New:
303 case OO_Array_Delete:
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000304 getSema().DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000305 break;
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000306
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000307 default:
308 break;
309 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000310
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000311 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
312 // up being declared.
313 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
314 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000315 if (!getSema().Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000316 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000317 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000318 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000319}
320
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000321bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Richard Smithf97ad222014-04-01 18:33:50 +0000322 // This function is never called by NDEBUG builds.
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000323 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
324 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
325 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
326 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
327 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
328 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
329 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000330 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
331 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000332 assert((Paths != nullptr) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
333 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
334 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000335 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000336}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000337
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000338// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000339void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000340 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000341}
342
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000343/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
344/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000345static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000346 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
347 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
348 // those.
349 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
350 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
351 return DC;
352
353 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
354 // declaration must have been found there.
355 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
356}
357
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000358/// \brief Determine whether \p D is a better lookup result than \p Existing,
359/// given that they declare the same entity.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000360static bool isPreferredLookupResult(Sema &S, Sema::LookupNameKind Kind,
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000361 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *Existing) {
362 // When looking up redeclarations of a using declaration, prefer a using
363 // shadow declaration over any other declaration of the same entity.
364 if (Kind == Sema::LookupUsingDeclName && isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
365 !isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Existing))
366 return true;
367
368 auto *DUnderlying = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
369 auto *EUnderlying = Existing->getUnderlyingDecl();
370
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000371 // If they have different underlying declarations, prefer a typedef over the
372 // original type (this happens when two type declarations denote the same
373 // type), per a generous reading of C++ [dcl.typedef]p3 and p4. The typedef
374 // might carry additional semantic information, such as an alignment override.
375 // However, per C++ [dcl.typedef]p5, when looking up a tag name, prefer a tag
376 // declaration over a typedef.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000377 if (DUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl() != EUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl()) {
378 assert(isa<TypeDecl>(DUnderlying) && isa<TypeDecl>(EUnderlying));
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000379 bool HaveTag = isa<TagDecl>(EUnderlying);
380 bool WantTag = Kind == Sema::LookupTagName;
381 return HaveTag != WantTag;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000382 }
383
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000384 // Pick the function with more default arguments.
385 // FIXME: In the presence of ambiguous default arguments, we should keep both,
386 // so we can diagnose the ambiguity if the default argument is needed.
387 // See C++ [over.match.best]p3.
388 if (auto *DFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
389 auto *EFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(EUnderlying);
390 unsigned DMin = DFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
391 unsigned EMin = EFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
392 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred.
393 if (DMin != EMin)
394 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000395 // FIXME: When we track visibility for default function arguments, check
396 // that we pick the declaration with more visible default arguments.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000397 }
398
399 // Pick the template with more default template arguments.
400 if (auto *DTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
401 auto *ETD = cast<TemplateDecl>(EUnderlying);
402 unsigned DMin = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
403 unsigned EMin = ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000404 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred. Note that default
405 // arguments (and their visibility) is monotonically increasing across the
406 // redeclaration chain, so this is a quick proxy for "is more recent".
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000407 if (DMin != EMin)
408 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000409 // If D has more *visible* default arguments, it is preferred. Note, an
410 // earlier default argument being visible does not imply that a later
411 // default argument is visible, so we can't just check the first one.
412 for (unsigned I = DMin, N = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->size();
413 I != N; ++I) {
414 if (!S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
415 ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)) &&
416 S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
417 DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)))
418 return true;
419 }
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000420 }
421
422 // For most kinds of declaration, it doesn't really matter which one we pick.
423 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying) && !isa<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
424 // If the existing declaration is hidden, prefer the new one. Otherwise,
425 // keep what we've got.
426 return !S.isVisible(Existing);
427 }
428
429 // Pick the newer declaration; it might have a more precise type.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000430 for (Decl *Prev = DUnderlying->getPreviousDecl(); Prev;
431 Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl())
432 if (Prev == EUnderlying)
433 return true;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000434 return false;
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000435
436 // If the existing declaration is hidden, prefer the new one. Otherwise,
437 // keep what we've got.
438 return !S.isVisible(Existing);
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000439}
440
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000441/// Determine whether \p D can hide a tag declaration.
442static bool canHideTag(NamedDecl *D) {
443 // C++ [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
444 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region [...]
445 // exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration name
446 // that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all refer to
447 // the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions and function
448 // templates; in this case the class name or enumeration name is hidden.
449 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
450 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of a
451 // variable, data member, function, or enumerator declared in the same
452 // scope.
453 D = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
454 return isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D) ||
455 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || isa<FieldDecl>(D);
456}
457
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000458/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000459void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000460 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000461
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000462 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000463 if (N == 0) {
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000464 assert(ResultKind == NotFound ||
465 ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000466 return;
467 }
468
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000469 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
470 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000471 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000472 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
473 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000474 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000475 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000476 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
477 return;
478 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000479
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000480 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000481 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000482
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000483 llvm::SmallDenseMap<NamedDecl*, unsigned, 16> Unique;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000484 llvm::SmallDenseMap<QualType, unsigned, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000485
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000486 bool Ambiguous = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000487 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000488 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000489 NamedDecl *HasNonFunction = nullptr;
490
491 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> EquivalentNonFunctions;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000492
493 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000494
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000495 unsigned I = 0;
496 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000497 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
498 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000499
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000500 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
Richard Smith5cd86f82015-11-03 03:13:11 +0000501 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && !(I == 0 && N == 1)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000502 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
503 continue;
504 }
505
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000506 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ExistingI;
507
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000508 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
509 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
510 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
511 // canonical type.
512 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000513 QualType T = getSema().Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
514 auto UniqueResult = UniqueTypes.insert(
515 std::make_pair(getSema().Context.getCanonicalType(T), I));
516 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
517 // The type is not unique.
518 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000519 }
520 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000521
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000522 // For non-type declarations, check for a prior lookup result naming this
523 // canonical declaration.
524 if (!ExistingI) {
525 auto UniqueResult = Unique.insert(std::make_pair(D, I));
526 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
527 // We've seen this entity before.
528 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000529 }
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000530 }
531
532 if (ExistingI) {
533 // This is not a unique lookup result. Pick one of the results and
534 // discard the other.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000535 if (isPreferredLookupResult(getSema(), getLookupKind(), Decls[I],
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000536 Decls[*ExistingI]))
537 Decls[*ExistingI] = Decls[I];
538 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000539 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000540 }
541
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000542 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000543
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000544 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
545 HasUnresolved = true;
546 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
547 if (HasTag)
548 Ambiguous = true;
549 UniqueTagIndex = I;
550 HasTag = true;
551 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
552 HasFunction = true;
553 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
554 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
555 HasFunction = true;
556 } else {
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000557 if (HasNonFunction) {
558 // If we're about to create an ambiguity between two declarations that
559 // are equivalent, but one is an internal linkage declaration from one
560 // module and the other is an internal linkage declaration from another
561 // module, just skip it.
562 if (getSema().isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(HasNonFunction,
563 D)) {
564 EquivalentNonFunctions.push_back(D);
565 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
566 continue;
567 }
568
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000569 Ambiguous = true;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000570 }
571 HasNonFunction = D;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000572 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000573 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000574 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000575
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000576 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
577 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
578 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
579 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
580 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
581 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
582 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
583 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
584 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000585 if (N > 1 && HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000586 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000587 NamedDecl *OtherDecl = Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1];
588 if (isa<TagDecl>(Decls[UniqueTagIndex]->getUnderlyingDecl()) &&
589 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
590 getContextForScopeMatching(OtherDecl)) &&
591 canHideTag(OtherDecl))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000592 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
593 else
594 Ambiguous = true;
595 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000596
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000597 // FIXME: This diagnostic should really be delayed until we're done with
598 // the lookup result, in case the ambiguity is resolved by the caller.
599 if (!EquivalentNonFunctions.empty() && !Ambiguous)
600 getSema().diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
601 getNameLoc(), HasNonFunction, EquivalentNonFunctions);
602
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000603 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000604
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000605 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000606 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000607
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000608 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000609 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000610 else if (HasUnresolved)
611 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000612 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000613 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000614 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000615 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000616}
617
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000618void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000619 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000620 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000621 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
622 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000623 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000624}
625
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000626void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000627 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
628 Paths->swap(P);
629 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
630 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000631 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000632}
633
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000634void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000635 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
636 Paths->swap(P);
637 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
638 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000639 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000640}
641
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000642void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000643 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
644 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
645 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000646
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000647 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
648 Out << "\n";
649 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
650 }
651}
652
Richard Smithba3a4f92016-01-12 21:59:26 +0000653LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void LookupResult::dump() {
654 llvm::errs() << "lookup results for " << getLookupName().getAsString()
655 << ":\n";
656 for (NamedDecl *D : *this)
657 D->dump();
658}
659
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000660/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
661/// fail.
662static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
663 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
664
665 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
666 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
667 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
668 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
669 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
670 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
671 if (II) {
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000672 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && S.getLangOpts().GNUMode &&
673 II == S.getFloat128Identifier()) {
674 // libstdc++4.7's type_traits expects type __float128 to exist, so
675 // insert a dummy type to make that header build in gnu++11 mode.
676 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getFloat128StubType());
677 return true;
678 }
David Majnemerd9b1a4f2015-11-04 03:40:30 +0000679 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName &&
680 II == S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqName()) {
681 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqDecl());
682 return true;
683 }
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000684
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000685 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
686 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
Anastasia Stulovab607e0f2016-02-02 11:29:43 +0000687 // In C++ and OpenCL (spec v1.2 s6.9.f), we don't have any predefined
688 // library functions like 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
689 if ((S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000690 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
691 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000692
693 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
694 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000695 R.isForRedeclaration(),
696 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000697 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000698 return true;
699 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000700 }
701 }
702 }
703
704 return false;
705}
706
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000707/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
708/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000709static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000710 // We need to have a definition for the class.
711 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
712 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000713
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000714 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000715 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000716}
717
718void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000719 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000720 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000721
722 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000723 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000724 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000725
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000726 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000727 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000728 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000729
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000730 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000731 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000732 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
733
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000734 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000735 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
736 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
737 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class); // might not actually do it
738
739 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
740 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
741 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class); // might not actually do it
742 }
743
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000744 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000745 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000746 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000747}
748
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000749/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000750/// special member function.
751static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
752 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000753 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000754 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
755 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000756
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000757 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
758 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000759
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000760 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000761 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000762 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000763
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000764 return false;
765}
766
767/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
768/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000769static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000770 DeclarationName Name,
771 const DeclContext *DC) {
772 if (!DC)
773 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000774
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000775 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000776 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
777 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000778 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000779 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000780 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000781 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000782 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000783 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000784 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000785 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
786 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000787 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000788 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000789
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000790 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
791 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000792 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000793 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000794 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000795 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000796
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000797 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
798 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
799 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000800
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000801 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000802 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000803 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000804 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000805 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000806 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000807 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
808 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
809 }
810 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000811 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000812
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000813 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000814 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000815 }
816}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000817
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000818// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
819// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000820static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000821 bool Found = false;
822
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000823 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000824 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000825 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000826
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000827 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
Richard Smithcf4bdde2015-02-21 02:45:19 +0000828 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
829 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E;
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000830 ++I) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000831 NamedDecl *D = *I;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000832 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000833 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000834 Found = true;
835 }
836 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000837
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000838 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
839 return true;
840
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000841 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000842 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
843 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
844 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
845 return Found;
846
847 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000848 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000849 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
850 // context of the use are considered. [...]
851 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000852 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000853 return Found;
854
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000855 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
856 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000857 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
858 if (!ConvTemplate)
859 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000860
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000861 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000862 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
863 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000864 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
865 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
866 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
867 Found = true;
868 continue;
869 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000870
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000871 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000872 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
873 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000874 // name lookup.
875 //
876 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
877 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000878 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000879 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
880 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000881 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000882 FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000883
884 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000885 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
886 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000887
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000888 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
889 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
890 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000891 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000892 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +0000893 EPI.ExceptionSpec = EST_None;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000894 QualType ExpectedType
895 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000896 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000897
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000898 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
899 // expect the function to have.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000900 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, nullptr, ExpectedType,
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000901 Specialization, Info)
902 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
903 R.addDecl(Specialization);
904 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000905 }
906 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000907
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000908 return Found;
909}
910
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000911// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000912static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000913CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000914 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000915
916 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
917
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000918 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000919 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000920
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000921 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
922 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000923 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS))
924 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UUE.getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000925 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000926
927 R.resolveKind();
928
929 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000930}
931
932static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000933 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000934 return Ctx->isFileContext();
935 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000936}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000937
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000938// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
939// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
940// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
941// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
942// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
943// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
944// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
945static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000946 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000947 DeclContext *Lexical = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000948 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000949 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
950 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000951 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000952 break;
953 }
954 }
955
956 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
957 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
958 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
959 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
960 // a member of this namespace.
961 //
962 // Example:
963 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000964 // namespace N {
965 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000966 //
967 // template<class T> class B {
968 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000969 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000970 // }
971 //
972 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
973 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
974 // }
975 //
976 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
977 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000978 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000979 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
980 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
981
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000982 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000983 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
984 // template<class C>.
985 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
986 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
987 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
988 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000989
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000990 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
991 // the example, this is namespace N.
992 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
993 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
994 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000995
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000996 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
997 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
998 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
999 // example, this is the global scope.
1000 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
1001 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
1002 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
1003
1004 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001005}
1006
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001007namespace {
1008/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
1009/// declarations.
1010struct FindLocalExternScope {
1011 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
1012 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
1013 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
1014 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
1015 }
1016 void restore() {
1017 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
1018 }
1019 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
1020 restore();
1021 }
1022 LookupResult &R;
1023 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
1024};
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00001025} // end anonymous namespace
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001026
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001027bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001028 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001029
1030 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001031 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001032
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001033 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
1034 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
1035 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
1036 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001037 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001038 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, DC);
1039 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001040
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001041 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
1042 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
1043
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001044 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001045 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001046 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
1047 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001048
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001049 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +00001050 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001051 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
1052 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
1053 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00001054 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001055 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001056 //
1057 // For example:
1058 // namespace A { int i; }
1059 // void foo() {
1060 // int i;
1061 // {
1062 // using namespace A;
1063 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
1064 // }
1065 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001066 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001067 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
1068 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001069 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001070 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001071
1072 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1073 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1074
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001075 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001076 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001077
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001078 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001079 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001080 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001081 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001082 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1083 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1084 // out-of-scope.
1085 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
1086 LeftStartingScope = true;
1087
1088 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Richard Smith9a00bbf2013-10-16 21:12:00 +00001089 // does not have linkage, skip it. If it's a template parameter,
1090 // we still find it, so we can diagnose the invalid redeclaration.
1091 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage()) &&
1092 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001093 R.setShadowed();
1094 continue;
1095 }
1096 }
1097
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001098 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001099 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001100 }
1101 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001102 if (Found) {
1103 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001104 if (S->isClassScope())
1105 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
1106 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001107 return true;
1108 }
1109
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001110 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001111 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
1112 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
1113 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
1114 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
1115 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
1116 return false;
1117 }
1118
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001119 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1120 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1121 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001122 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001123 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1124 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1125 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1126 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001127 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001128 }
1129
1130 if (Ctx) {
1131 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1132 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001133 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001134 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1135 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1136
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00001137 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001138 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1139 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1140 // non-transparent context.
1141 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001142 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001143
1144 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
1145 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
1146 // function/method are present within the Scope.
1147 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
1148 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
1149 // in the corresponding interface.
1150 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
1151 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1152 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1153 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1154 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001155 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001156 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001157 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1158 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001159 R.resolveKind();
1160 return true;
1161 }
1162 }
1163 }
1164 }
1165
1166 continue;
1167 }
1168
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001169 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1170 // lookup considering using directives.
1171 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001172 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1173 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1174 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001175 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1176 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1177 continue;
1178
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001179 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001180 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001181
1182 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1183 // from local scopes.
1184 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1185 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1186 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1187 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1188 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1189
1190 UDirs.done();
1191
1192 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1193 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001194
1195 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1196 R.resolveKind();
1197 return true;
1198 }
1199
1200 continue;
1201 }
1202
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001203 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1204 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1205 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1206 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1207 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1208 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001209 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001210 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001211 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001212 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001213 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001214
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001215 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1216 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1217 if (!S) return false;
1218
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001219 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001220 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001221 return false;
1222
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001223 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001224 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001225 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001226 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1227 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001228 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1229 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1230 UDirs.done();
1231 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001232
1233 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1234 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1235 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1236 FindLocals.restore();
1237
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001238 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001239 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1240 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1241 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1242 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001243 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001244 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001245 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001246 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001247 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1248 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1249 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1250 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001251 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001252 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001253 }
1254 }
1255
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001256 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001257 R.resolveKind();
1258 return true;
1259 }
1260
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001261 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001262 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1263 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1264 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001265 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001266 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1267 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1268 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1269 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001270 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001271 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001272
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001273 if (Ctx) {
1274 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1275 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001276 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001277 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1278 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1279
1280 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1281 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1282 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1283 // non-transparent context.
1284 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1285 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001286
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001287 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1288 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1289 // look into that context.
1290 if (!(Found && S && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
1291 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1292 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001293
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001294 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1295 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1296 Found = true;
1297 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001298
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001299 if (Found) {
1300 R.resolveKind();
1301 return true;
1302 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001303
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001304 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1305 return false;
1306 }
1307 }
1308
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001309 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001310 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001311 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001312
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001313 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001314}
1315
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001316/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1317/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1318static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1319 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1320}
1321
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001322Module *Sema::getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1323 // If it's imported, grab its owning module.
1324 Module *M = Entity->getImportedOwningModule();
1325 if (M || !isa<NamedDecl>(Entity) || !cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->isHidden())
1326 return M;
1327 assert(!Entity->isFromASTFile() &&
1328 "hidden entity from AST file has no owning module");
1329
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001330 if (!getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1331 // If we're not tracking visibility locally, the only way a declaration
1332 // can be hidden and local is if it's hidden because it's parent is (for
1333 // instance, maybe this is a lazily-declared special member of an imported
1334 // class).
1335 auto *Parent = cast<NamedDecl>(Entity->getDeclContext());
1336 assert(Parent->isHidden() && "unexpectedly hidden decl");
1337 return getOwningModule(Parent);
1338 }
1339
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001340 // It's local and hidden; grab or compute its owning module.
1341 M = Entity->getLocalOwningModule();
1342 if (M)
1343 return M;
1344
1345 if (auto *Containing =
1346 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Entity->getLocation())) {
1347 M = Containing;
1348 } else if (Entity->isInvalidDecl() || Entity->getLocation().isInvalid()) {
1349 // Don't bother tracking visibility for invalid declarations with broken
1350 // locations.
1351 cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->setHidden(false);
1352 } else {
1353 // We need to assign a module to an entity that exists outside of any
1354 // module, so that we can hide it from modules that we textually enter.
1355 // Invent a fake module for all such entities.
1356 if (!CachedFakeTopLevelModule) {
1357 CachedFakeTopLevelModule =
1358 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap().findOrCreateModule(
1359 "<top-level>", nullptr, false, false).first;
1360
1361 auto &SrcMgr = PP.getSourceManager();
1362 SourceLocation StartLoc =
1363 SrcMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(SrcMgr.getMainFileID());
1364 auto &TopLevel =
1365 VisibleModulesStack.empty() ? VisibleModules : VisibleModulesStack[0];
1366 TopLevel.setVisible(CachedFakeTopLevelModule, StartLoc);
1367 }
1368
1369 M = CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1370 }
1371
1372 if (M)
1373 Entity->setLocalOwningModule(M);
1374 return M;
1375}
1376
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001377void Sema::makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc) {
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001378 if (auto *M = PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Loc))
1379 Context.mergeDefinitionIntoModule(ND, M);
1380 else
1381 // We're not building a module; just make the definition visible.
1382 ND->setHidden(false);
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001383
1384 // If ND is a template declaration, make the template parameters
1385 // visible too. They're not (necessarily) within a mergeable DeclContext.
1386 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND))
1387 for (auto *Param : *TD->getTemplateParameters())
1388 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Param, Loc);
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001389}
1390
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001391/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001392static Module *getDefiningModule(Sema &S, Decl *Entity) {
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001393 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1394 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1395 // the module containing the pattern.
1396 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1397 Entity = Pattern;
1398 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
Reid Klecknere7367d62014-10-14 20:28:40 +00001399 if (CXXRecordDecl *Pattern = RD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1400 Entity = Pattern;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001401 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
1402 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1403 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
1404 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
1405 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1406 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1407 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
1408 }
1409
1410 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1411 // from a template.
1412 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1413 if (Context->isFileContext())
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001414 return S.getOwningModule(Entity);
1415 return getDefiningModule(S, cast<Decl>(Context));
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001416}
1417
1418llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
1419 unsigned N = ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size();
1420 for (unsigned I = ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.size();
1421 I != N; ++I) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001422 Module *M =
1423 getDefiningModule(*this, ActiveTemplateInstantiations[I].Entity);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001424 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001425 M = nullptr;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001426 ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.push_back(M);
1427 }
1428 return LookupModulesCache;
1429}
1430
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001431bool Sema::hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def) {
1432 for (Module *Merged : Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Def))
1433 if (isModuleVisible(Merged))
1434 return true;
1435 return false;
1436}
1437
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001438template<typename ParmDecl>
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001439static bool
1440hasVisibleDefaultArgument(Sema &S, const ParmDecl *D,
1441 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001442 if (!D->hasDefaultArgument())
1443 return false;
1444
1445 while (D) {
1446 auto &DefaultArg = D->getDefaultArgStorage();
1447 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && S.isVisible(D))
1448 return true;
1449
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001450 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && Modules) {
1451 auto *NonConstD = const_cast<ParmDecl*>(D);
1452 Modules->push_back(S.getOwningModule(NonConstD));
1453 const auto &Merged = S.Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstD);
1454 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1455 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001456
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001457 // If there was a previous default argument, maybe its parameter is visible.
1458 D = DefaultArg.getInheritedFrom();
1459 }
1460 return false;
1461}
1462
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001463bool Sema::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1464 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001465 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001466 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001467 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001468 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
1469 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D),
1470 Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001471}
1472
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001473/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1474///
1475/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1476/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1477/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1478/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1479/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1480/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1481bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001482 assert(D->isHidden() && "should not call this: not in slow case");
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001483 Module *DeclModule = nullptr;
1484
1485 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1486 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1487 if (!DeclModule) {
1488 // getOwningModule() may have decided the declaration should not be hidden.
1489 assert(!D->isHidden() && "hidden decl not from a module");
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001490 return true;
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001491 }
1492
1493 // If the owning module is visible, and the decl is not module private,
1494 // then the decl is visible too. (Module private is ignored within the same
1495 // top-level module.)
1496 if ((!D->isFromASTFile() || !D->isModulePrivate()) &&
1497 (SemaRef.isModuleVisible(DeclModule) ||
1498 SemaRef.hasVisibleMergedDefinition(D)))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001499 return true;
1500 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001501
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001502 // If this declaration is not at namespace scope nor module-private,
1503 // then it is visible if its lexical parent has a visible definition.
1504 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
1505 if (!D->isModulePrivate() &&
1506 DC && !DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smithc7d48d12015-05-20 17:50:35 +00001507 // For a parameter, check whether our current template declaration's
1508 // lexical context is visible, not whether there's some other visible
1509 // definition of it, because parameters aren't "within" the definition.
1510 if ((D->isTemplateParameter() || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
1511 ? isVisible(SemaRef, cast<NamedDecl>(DC))
1512 : SemaRef.hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(DC))) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001513 if (SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1514 // FIXME: Do something better in this case.
1515 !SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001516 // Cache the fact that this declaration is implicitly visible because
1517 // its parent has a visible definition.
1518 D->setHidden(false);
1519 }
1520 return true;
1521 }
1522 return false;
1523 }
1524
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001525 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1526 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1527 if (LookupModules.empty())
1528 return false;
1529
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001530 if (!DeclModule) {
1531 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1532 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1533 }
1534
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001535 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1536 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1537 return true;
1538
1539 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1540 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1541 return false;
1542
1543 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1544 // the lookup set.
Yaron Keren941ad902015-11-23 19:28:42 +00001545 return std::any_of(LookupModules.begin(), LookupModules.end(),
Yaron Keren4c31fcf2015-11-24 20:18:24 +00001546 [&](Module *M) { return M->isModuleVisible(DeclModule); });
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001547}
1548
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001549bool Sema::isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D) {
1550 return LookupResult::isVisible(*this, const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D));
1551}
1552
Richard Smith10568d82015-11-17 03:02:41 +00001553bool Sema::shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &R, const NamedDecl *New) {
1554 for (auto *D : R) {
1555 if (isVisible(D))
1556 return true;
1557 }
1558 return New->isExternallyVisible();
1559}
1560
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001561/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1562///
1563/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1564/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1565/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001566///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001567/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1568/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001569static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1570 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001571
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001572 for (auto RD : D->redecls()) {
1573 if (auto ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(RD)) {
Richard Smithe8292b12015-02-10 03:28:10 +00001574 // FIXME: This is wrong in the case where the previous declaration is not
1575 // visible in the same scope as D. This needs to be done much more
1576 // carefully.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001577 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
Douglas Gregor54079202012-01-06 22:05:37 +00001578 return ND;
1579 }
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001580 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001581
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001582 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001583}
1584
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001585NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +00001586 return findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), D);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001587}
1588
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001589/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1590/// scope.
1591///
1592/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1593/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1594/// @code
1595/// int x;
1596/// int f() {
1597/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1598/// }
1599/// @endcode
1600///
1601/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1602/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1603/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1604/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1605/// class LookupCriteria.
1606///
1607/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1608/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1609/// in the parent scopes.
1610///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001611/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1612/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1613/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1614/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001615///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001616/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001617bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1618 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001619 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001620
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001621 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1622
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001623 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001624 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1625 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001626 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001627 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1628 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001629 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001630 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001631 }
1632
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001633 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1634 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1635
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001636 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1637 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1638 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1639 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001640 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1641
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001642 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001643 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001644 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001645 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001646 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1647 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1648 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001649 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001650 LeftStartingScope = true;
1651
1652 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1653 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001654 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1655 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001656 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001657 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001658 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001659 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1660 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1661 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001662
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001663 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001664
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001665 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1666 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001667 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001668 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1669 // actually exists in a Scope).
1670 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1671 S = S->getParent();
1672
1673 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1674 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1675 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1676 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001677 S = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001678
1679 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001680 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001681 if (!S)
1682 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1683
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001684 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1685 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001686 if (S) {
1687 // Match based on scope.
1688 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1689 break;
1690 } else {
1691 // Match based on DeclContext.
1692 DeclContext *LastDC
1693 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1694 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1695 break;
1696 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001697
1698 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1699 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1700 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001701 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001702
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001703 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001704 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001705
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001706 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001707 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001708 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001709 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001710 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001711 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001712 }
1713
1714 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1715 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1716 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001717 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1718 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001719
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001720 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1721 // may be able to handle the situation.
1722 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1723 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1724 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001725}
1726
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001727/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1728/// using directives by the given context.
1729///
1730/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001731/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001732/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1733/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1734/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1735/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1736/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1737/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1738/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1739/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1740/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1741/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1742/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1743/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001744///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001745/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1746/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1747/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1748/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1749/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1750/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1751/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1752/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1753/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001754static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001755 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001756 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1757
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001758 DeclContext::udir_range UsingDirectives = StartDC->using_directives();
1759 if (UsingDirectives.begin() == UsingDirectives.end()) return false;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001760
1761 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001762 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001763 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1764
1765 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1766 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001767 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001768
1769 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1770 // with its using-children.
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001771 for (auto *I : UsingDirectives) {
1772 NamespaceDecl *ND = I->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001773 if (Visited.insert(ND).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001774 Queue.push_back(ND);
1775 }
1776
1777 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1778 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1779 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1780 // a tag.
1781 bool FoundTag = false;
1782 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1783
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001784 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001785
1786 bool Found = false;
1787 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001788 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001789
1790 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1791 // between LookupResults.
1792 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001793 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001794 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001795
1796 if (FoundDirect) {
1797 // First do any local hiding.
1798 DirectR.resolveKind();
1799
1800 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1801 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1802 FoundTag = true;
1803 else
1804 FoundNonTag = true;
1805
1806 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1807 if (UseLocal) {
1808 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1809 LocalR.clear();
1810 }
1811 }
1812
1813 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1814 if (FoundDirect) {
1815 Found = true;
1816 continue;
1817 }
1818
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001819 for (auto I : ND->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00001820 NamespaceDecl *Nom = I->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001821 if (Visited.insert(Nom).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001822 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1823 }
1824 }
1825
1826 if (Found) {
1827 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1828 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1829 else
1830 R.resolveKind();
1831 }
1832
1833 return Found;
1834}
1835
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001836/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001837static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001838 CXXBasePath &Path, DeclarationName Name) {
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001839 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001840
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001841 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001842 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001843}
1844
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001845/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001846/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1847template<typename InputIterator>
1848static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1849 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1850 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1851 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001852
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001853 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1854 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1855 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1856 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1857 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001858
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001859 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1860 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1861 break;
1862 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001863
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001864 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1865 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1866 break;
1867 }
1868 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001869
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001870 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1871 return true;
1872 }
1873
1874 return false;
1875}
1876
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001877/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001878///
1879/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1880/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001881/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001882///
1883/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1884/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1885/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1886/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1887/// class LookupCriteria.
1888///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001889/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1890///
1891/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001892/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1893/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1894///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001895/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001896/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001897///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001898/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1899bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1900 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001901 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001902
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001903 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001904 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001905
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001906 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1907 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1908 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001909 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001910 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001911 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001912
Eugene Leviant0d8103e2015-11-18 12:48:05 +00001913 struct QualifiedLookupInScope {
1914 bool oldVal;
1915 DeclContext *Context;
1916 // Set flag in DeclContext informing debugger that we're looking for qualified name
1917 QualifiedLookupInScope(DeclContext *ctx) : Context(ctx) {
1918 oldVal = ctx->setUseQualifiedLookup();
1919 }
1920 ~QualifiedLookupInScope() {
1921 Context->setUseQualifiedLookup(oldVal);
1922 }
1923 } QL(LookupCtx);
1924
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001925 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001926 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001927 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
1928 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001929 return true;
1930 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001931
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001932 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
1933 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
1934 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
1935 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
1936 // for the namespace member has the form
1937 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
1938 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
1939 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
1940 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001941 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001942 return false;
1943
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001944 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001945 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001946 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001947
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001948 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00001949 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001950 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00001951 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001952 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001953
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001954 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
1955 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001956 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001957 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
1958 // or we have to fail.
1959 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
1960 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
1961 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1962 return false;
1963 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001964
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001965 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001966 CXXBasePaths Paths;
1967 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001968
1969 // Look for this member in our base classes
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001970 bool (*BaseCallback)(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path,
1971 DeclarationName Name) = nullptr;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001972 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001973 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001974 case LookupOrdinaryName:
1975 case LookupMemberName:
1976 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001977 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001978 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
1979 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001980
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001981 case LookupTagName:
1982 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
1983 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001984
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001985 case LookupAnyName:
1986 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
1987 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001988
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001989 case LookupUsingDeclName:
1990 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001991
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001992 case LookupOperatorName:
1993 case LookupNamespaceName:
1994 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00001995 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001996 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001997 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001998
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001999 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
2000 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
2001 break;
2002 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002003
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00002004 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
2005 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(
2006 [=](const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
2007 return BaseCallback(Specifier, Path, Name);
2008 },
2009 Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002010 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002011
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002012 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
2013
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002014 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
2015 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
2016 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
2017 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
2018 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
2019 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002020 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00002021 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00002022 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002023
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002024 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002025 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002026 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002027
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00002028 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
2029 // across all paths.
2030 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002031
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002032 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
2033 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002034 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002035 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
2036 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002037 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002038 }
2039
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002040 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002041 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
2042 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002043 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
Nikola Smiljanic1c125682014-07-09 05:42:35 +00002044 // lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002045 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002046 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002047 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
2048 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002049
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002050 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2051 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002052 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
2053 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
2054 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002055
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002056 ++FirstD;
2057 ++CurrentD;
2058 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002059
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002060 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2061 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002062 continue;
2063 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002064
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002065 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
2066 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002067 }
2068
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002069 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002070 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
2071
2072 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
2073 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
2074 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002075 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002076 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002077 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002078
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002079 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
2080 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002081 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
2082 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002083 }
2084 }
2085
2086 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
2087
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002088 for (auto *D : Paths.front().Decls) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002089 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
2090 D->getAccess());
2091 R.addDecl(D, AS);
2092 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002093 R.resolveKind();
2094 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002095}
2096
Nikola Smiljanicfce370e2014-12-01 23:15:01 +00002097/// \brief Performs qualified name lookup or special type of lookup for
2098/// "__super::" scope specifier.
2099///
2100/// This routine is a convenience overload meant to be called from contexts
2101/// that need to perform a qualified name lookup with an optional C++ scope
2102/// specifier that might require special kind of lookup.
2103///
2104/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2105///
2106/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
2107/// search.
2108///
2109/// \param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier.
2110///
2111/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
2112bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2113 CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2114 auto *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
2115 if (NNS && NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2116 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2117 else
2118
2119 return LookupQualifiedName(R, LookupCtx);
2120}
2121
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002122/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
2123/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
2124///
2125/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
2126/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
2127/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
2128/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002129/// respectively) on the given name and return those results. It will
2130/// perform a special type of lookup for "__super::" scope specifier.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002131///
2132/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
2133/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002134///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002135/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002136///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002137/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
2138/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
2139///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002140/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002141bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002142 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002143 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
2144 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002145 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002146 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002147 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002148
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002149 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002150 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS->getScopeRep();
2151 if (NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2152 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2153
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002154 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002155 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002156 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00002157 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002158 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002159
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002160 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002161 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002162 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002163
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002164 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002165 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002166 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00002167 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
2168 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002169 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002170 }
2171
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002172 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002173 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002174}
2175
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002176/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into all base classes of the given
2177/// class.
2178///
2179/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2180///
2181/// \param Class The context in which qualified name lookup will
2182/// search. Name lookup will search in all base classes merging the results.
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002183///
2184/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
2185bool Sema::LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002186 // The access-control rules we use here are essentially the rules for
2187 // doing a lookup in Class that just magically skipped the direct
2188 // members of Class itself. That is, the naming class is Class, and the
2189 // access includes the access of the base.
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002190 for (const auto &BaseSpec : Class->bases()) {
2191 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
2192 BaseSpec.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2193 LookupResult Result(*this, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind());
2194 Result.setBaseObjectType(Context.getRecordType(Class));
2195 LookupQualifiedName(Result, RD);
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002196
2197 // Copy the lookup results into the target, merging the base's access into
2198 // the path access.
2199 for (auto I = Result.begin(), E = Result.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2200 R.addDecl(I.getDecl(),
2201 CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(BaseSpec.getAccessSpecifier(),
2202 I.getAccess()));
2203 }
2204
2205 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002206 }
2207
2208 R.resolveKind();
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002209 R.setNamingClass(Class);
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002210
2211 return !R.empty();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002212}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002213
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002214/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002215/// from name lookup.
2216///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002217/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002218void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002219 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
2220
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002221 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
2222 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
2223 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
2224
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002225 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
2226 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
2227 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
2228 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
2229 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
2230 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
2231 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002232
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002233 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002234 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
2235 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
2236 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002237
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002238 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002239 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002240 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002241
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002242 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
2244 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002245
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002246 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002247 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002248 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
2249 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002250 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002251 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002252 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
2253 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
2254 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002255 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002256 }
2257
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002258 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
2259 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00002260
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00002261 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 8> TagDecls;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002262
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002263 for (auto *D : Result)
2264 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002265 TagDecls.insert(TD);
2266 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
2267 }
2268
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002269 for (auto *D : Result)
2270 if (!isa<TagDecl>(D))
2271 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002272
2273 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00002274 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
2275 while (F.hasNext()) {
2276 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
2277 F.erase();
2278 }
2279 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002280 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002281 }
2282
2283 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
2284 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002285
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002286 for (auto *D : Result)
2287 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << D;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002288 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002289 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002290 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002291}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002292
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002293namespace {
2294 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002295 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002296 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2297 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002298 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
2299 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002300 }
2301
2302 Sema &S;
2303 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
2304 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002305 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002306 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00002307} // end anonymous namespace
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002308
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002309static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002310addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002311
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002312static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2313 DeclContext *Ctx) {
2314 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
2315
2316 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
2317 // be a locally scoped record.
2318
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00002319 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
2320 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
2321 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
2322 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
2323 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002324 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
2325
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002326 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002327 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002328}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002329
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002330// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002331// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002332static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002333addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2334 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002335 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002336 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002337 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2338 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2339 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002340
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002341 case TemplateArgument::Type:
2342 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
2343 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
2344 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002345 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002346 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002347
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002348 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002349 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002350 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
2351 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002352 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002353 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002354 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002355 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002356 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
2357 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002358 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002359 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002360 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002361 }
2362 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002363 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002364
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002365 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002366 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
2367 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00002368 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002369 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002370 // associated namespaces. ]
2371 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002372
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002373 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
Aaron Ballman2a89e852014-07-15 21:32:31 +00002374 for (const auto &P : Arg.pack_elements())
2375 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002376 break;
2377 }
2378}
2379
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002380// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002381// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2382// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2383static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002384addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2385 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2386
2387 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2388 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2389 return;
2390
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002391 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2392 // [...]
2393 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2394 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2395 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2396 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002397 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002398
2399 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2400 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2401 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002402 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002403 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002404 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002405
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002406 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2407 // need to visit base classes.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002408 //
2409 // FIXME: That's not correct, we may have added this class only because it
2410 // was the enclosing class of another class, and in that case we won't have
2411 // added its base classes yet.
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00002412 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class).second)
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002413 return;
2414
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002415 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2416 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002417 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002418 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002419 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002420 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2421 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2422 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002423 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002424 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002425 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2426 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2427 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002428 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002429 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002430 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002431
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002432 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2433 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002434 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002435 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002436
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002437 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
Richard Smithdb0ac552015-12-18 22:40:25 +00002438 if (!Result.S.isCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc,
2439 Result.S.Context.getRecordType(Class)))
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002440 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002441
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002442 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2443 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002444 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002445 Bases.push_back(Class);
2446 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2447 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002448 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002449
2450 // Visit the base classes.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002451 for (const auto &Base : Class->bases()) {
2452 const RecordType *BaseType = Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002453 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2454 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2455 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2456 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2457 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2458 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2459 if (!BaseType)
2460 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002461 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00002462 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl).second) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002463 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2464 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002465 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002466
2467 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2468 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2469 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2470 }
2471 }
2472 }
2473}
2474
2475// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2476// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002477// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2478static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002479addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002480 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2481 //
2482 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2483 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2484 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2485 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2486 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2487 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2488 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2489 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002490
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002491 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002492 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2493
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002494 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002495 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2496
2497#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2498#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2499#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2500#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2501#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2502#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2503 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2504 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2505 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2506 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2507 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002508 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002509
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002510 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2511 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2512 case Type::Pointer:
2513 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2514 continue;
2515 case Type::ConstantArray:
2516 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2517 case Type::VariableArray:
2518 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2519 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002520
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002521 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2522 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2523 case Type::Builtin:
2524 break;
2525
2526 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2527 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2528 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2529 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2530 // which its associated classes are defined.
2531 case Type::Record: {
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00002532 CXXRecordDecl *Class =
2533 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002534 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002535 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002536 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002537
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002538 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2539 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002540 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002541 // it has no associated class.
2542 case Type::Enum: {
2543 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002544
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002545 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2546 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002547 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002548
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002549 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002550 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002551
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002552 break;
2553 }
2554
2555 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2556 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2557 // types and those associated with the return type.
2558 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2559 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Aaron Ballman40bd0aa2014-03-17 15:23:01 +00002560 for (const auto &Arg : Proto->param_types())
2561 Queue.push_back(Arg.getTypePtr());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002562 // fallthrough
2563 }
2564 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2565 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002566 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002567 continue;
2568 }
2569
2570 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2571 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2572 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2573 // together with those associated with X.
2574 //
2575 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2576 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2577 // with the member type together with those associated with
2578 // X.
2579 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2580 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2581
2582 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2583 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2584
2585 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2586 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2587 continue;
2588 }
2589
2590 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2591 case Type::BlockPointer:
2592 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2593 continue;
2594
2595 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2596 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2597 case Type::LValueReference:
2598 case Type::RValueReference:
2599 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2600 continue;
2601
2602 // These are fundamental types.
2603 case Type::Vector:
2604 case Type::ExtVector:
2605 case Type::Complex:
2606 break;
2607
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002608 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2609 case Type::Auto:
2610 break;
2611
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002612 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2613 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2614 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002615 case Type::ObjCObject:
2616 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2617 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002618 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002619 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002620
2621 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2622 // contained type.
2623 case Type::Atomic:
2624 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2625 continue;
Xiuli Pan9c14e282016-01-09 12:53:17 +00002626 case Type::Pipe:
2627 T = cast<PipeType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2628 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002629 }
2630
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002631 if (Queue.empty())
2632 break;
2633 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002634 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002635}
2636
2637/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2638/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2639/// arguments.
2640///
2641/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002642/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002643/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002644void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2645 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2646 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2647 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002648 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2649 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2650
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002651 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2652 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002653
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002654 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2655 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2656 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2657 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2658 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2659 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002660 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002661 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002662 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2663
2664 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002665 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002666 continue;
2667 }
2668
2669 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2670 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2671 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2672 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2673 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2674 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2675 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002676 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002677 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002678 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002679 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002680
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002681 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2682 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002683
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002684 for (const auto *D : ULE->decls()) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002685 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002686 const FunctionDecl *FDecl = D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002687
2688 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2689 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002690 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002691 }
2692 }
2693}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002694
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002695NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002696 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002697 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2698 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002699 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002700 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002701 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002702}
2703
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002704/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002705ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002706 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2707 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002708 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002709 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002710 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2711}
2712
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002713void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002714 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002715 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002716 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2717 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2718 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2719 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2720 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002721 // functions are ignored.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002722 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002723 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2724 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002725
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002726 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002727 Functions.append(Operators.begin(), Operators.end());
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002728}
2729
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002730Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002731 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2732 bool ConstArg,
2733 bool VolatileArg,
2734 bool RValueThis,
2735 bool ConstThis,
2736 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002737 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002738 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002739 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002740 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2741 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2742 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2743 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2744 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2745 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2746
2747 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002748 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002749 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2750 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2751 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2752 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2753 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2754 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2755
2756 void *InsertPoint;
2757 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2758 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2759
2760 // This was already cached
2761 if (Result)
2762 return Result;
2763
Alexis Huntba8e18d2011-06-07 00:11:58 +00002764 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
2765 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002766 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2767
2768 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002769 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002770 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2771 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002772 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2773 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002774 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2775 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002776 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002777 return Result;
2778 }
2779
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002780 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2781 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002782 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002783 DeclarationName Name;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002784 Expr *Arg = nullptr;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002785 unsigned NumArgs;
2786
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002787 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2788 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2789
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002790 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2791 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2792 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002793 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2794 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002795 } else {
2796 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2797 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002798 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002799 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002800 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002801 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002802 } else {
2803 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002804 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002805 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002806 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002807 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002808 }
2809
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002810 if (ConstArg)
2811 ArgType.addConst();
2812 if (VolatileArg)
2813 ArgType.addVolatile();
2814
2815 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2816 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2817 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2818 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2819 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2820 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2821 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002822 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002823 VK = VK_LValue;
2824 else
2825 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002826 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002827
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002828 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(SourceLocation(), ArgType, VK);
2829
2830 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002831 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002832 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002833 }
2834
2835 // Create the object argument
2836 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2837 if (ConstThis)
2838 ThisTy.addConst();
2839 if (VolatileThis)
2840 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002841 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002842 OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisTy,
2843 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002844
2845 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2846 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2847 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002848 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(RD->getLocation(), OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002849 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
Richard Smith8c37ab52015-02-11 01:48:47 +00002850
2851 if (R.empty()) {
2852 // We might have no default constructor because we have a lambda's closure
2853 // type, rather than because there's some other declared constructor.
2854 // Every class has a copy/move constructor, copy/move assignment, and
2855 // destructor.
2856 assert(SM == CXXDefaultConstructor &&
2857 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
2858 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
2859 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
2860 return Result;
2861 }
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002862
2863 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2864 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2865 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2866
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002867 for (auto *Cand : Candidates) {
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002868 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002869 continue;
2870
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002871 if (UsingShadowDecl *U = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Cand)) {
2872 // FIXME: [namespace.udecl]p15 says that we should only consider a
2873 // using declaration here if it does not match a declaration in the
2874 // derived class. We do not implement this correctly in other cases
2875 // either.
2876 Cand = U->getTargetDecl();
2877
2878 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
2879 continue;
2880 }
2881
2882 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002883 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002884 AddMethodCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public), RD, ThisTy,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002885 Classification, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2886 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002887 else
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002888 AddOverloadCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public),
2889 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt2949f022011-06-22 02:58:46 +00002890 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002891 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002892 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2893 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002894 RD, nullptr, ThisTy, Classification,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002895 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002896 OCS, true);
2897 else
2898 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002899 nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002900 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002901 } else {
2902 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand) && "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002903 }
2904 }
2905
2906 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2907 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, SourceLocation(), Best)) {
2908 case OR_Success:
2909 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002910 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002911 break;
2912
2913 case OR_Deleted:
2914 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002915 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002916 break;
2917
2918 case OR_Ambiguous:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002919 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002920 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
2921 break;
2922
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002923 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002924 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002925 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002926 break;
2927 }
2928
2929 return Result;
2930}
2931
2932/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
2933CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002934 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002935 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
2936 false, false);
2937
2938 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002939}
2940
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002941/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
2942CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002943 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002944 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2945 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
2946 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2947 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2948 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
2949
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002950 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2951}
2952
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002953/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002954CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2955 unsigned Quals) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002956 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002957 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2958 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002959
2960 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2961}
2962
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002963/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
2964DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002965 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002966 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00002967 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002968 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002969 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002970 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002971 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002972 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002973 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002974
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002975 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
2976 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
2977 return Class->lookup(Name);
2978}
2979
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002980/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
2981CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2982 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002983 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002984 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2985 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
2986 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2987 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2988 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2989 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2990 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
2991 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2992 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2993
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002994 return Result->getMethod();
2995}
2996
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002997/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
2998CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002999 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003000 bool RValueThis,
3001 unsigned ThisQuals) {
3002 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3003 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
3004 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003005 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3006 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003007 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
3008 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
3009
3010 return Result->getMethod();
3011}
3012
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003013/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
3014///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00003015/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
3016/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003017///
3018/// \returns The destructor for this class.
3019CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00003020 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
3021 false, false, false,
3022 false, false)->getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003023}
3024
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003025/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
3026/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
3027///
3028/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
3029/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
3030/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
3031Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
3032Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
3033 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003034 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
3035 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003036 LookupName(R, S);
3037 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
3038 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
3039
3040 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
3041 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
3042
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003043 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003044 bool FoundTemplate = false;
3045 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003046 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
3047
3048 while (F.hasNext()) {
3049 Decl *D = F.next();
3050 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3051 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
3052
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00003053 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
3054 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
3055 F.erase();
3056 continue;
3057 }
3058
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003059 bool IsRaw = false;
3060 bool IsTemplate = false;
3061 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
3062 bool IsExactMatch = false;
3063
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003064 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
3065 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
3066 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
3067 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00003068 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003069 IsExactMatch = true;
3070 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
3071 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
3072 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
3073 IsExactMatch = false;
3074 break;
3075 }
3076 }
3077 }
3078 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003079 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
3080 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
3081 if (Params->size() == 1)
3082 IsTemplate = true;
3083 else
3084 IsStringTemplate = true;
3085 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003086
3087 if (IsExactMatch) {
3088 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003089 AllowRaw = false;
3090 AllowTemplate = false;
3091 AllowStringTemplate = false;
3092 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003093 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
3094 // already found.
3095 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003096 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003097 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003098 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
3099 FoundRaw = true;
3100 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
3101 FoundTemplate = true;
3102 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
3103 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003104 } else {
3105 F.erase();
3106 }
3107 }
3108
3109 F.done();
3110
3111 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
3112 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
3113 // or literal operator template.
3114 if (FoundExactMatch)
3115 return LOLR_Cooked;
3116
3117 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
3118 // operator template, but not both.
3119 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
3120 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003121 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
3122 NoteOverloadCandidate((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003123 return LOLR_Error;
3124 }
3125
3126 if (FoundRaw)
3127 return LOLR_Raw;
3128
3129 if (FoundTemplate)
3130 return LOLR_Template;
3131
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003132 if (FoundStringTemplate)
3133 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
3134
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003135 // Didn't find anything we could use.
3136 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
3137 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003138 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
3139 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003140 return LOLR_Error;
3141}
3142
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003143void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
3144 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
3145
3146 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
3147 // was exactly this one, we're done.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003148 if (Old == nullptr || Old == New) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003149 Old = New;
3150 return;
3151 }
3152
3153 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003154 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
3155 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003156
3157 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
3158 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00003159 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003160
3161 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
3162 // declaration; leave things as they are.
3163 if (!Cursor) return;
3164
3165 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
3166 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
3167
3168 // Otherwise, keep looking.
3169 }
3170
3171 Old = New;
3172}
3173
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003174void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
3175 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003176 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
3177 // arguments we have.
3178 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
3179 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00003180 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003181 AssociatedNamespaces,
3182 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003183
3184 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003185 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
3186 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
3187 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
3188 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
3189 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
3190 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
3191 // is the union of X and Y.
3192 //
3193 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
3194 // candidate set.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003195 for (auto *NS : AssociatedNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003196 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
3197 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
3198 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
3199 //
3200 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
3201 // ignored.
3202 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003203 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003204 // associated classes are visible within their respective
3205 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
3206 // lookup (11.4).
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003207 DeclContext::lookup_result R = NS->lookup(Name);
3208 for (auto *D : R) {
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00003209 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
3210 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003211 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
3212 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
3213 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
3214 continue;
3215
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003216 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
3217 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
3218 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
3219 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00003220 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC)) &&
3221 isVisible(cast<NamedDecl>(DI))) {
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003222 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
3223 break;
3224 }
3225 }
3226 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00003227 continue;
3228 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003229
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00003230 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3231 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003232
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003233 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003234 continue;
3235
Richard Smitha1431072015-06-12 01:32:13 +00003236 if (!isVisible(D) && !(D = findAcceptableDecl(*this, D)))
3237 continue;
3238
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003239 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00003240 }
3241 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003242}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003243
3244//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3245// Search for all visible declarations.
3246//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Angel Garcia Gomez637d1e62015-10-20 13:23:58 +00003247VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003248
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003249bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
3250
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003251namespace {
3252
3253class ShadowContextRAII;
3254
3255class VisibleDeclsRecord {
3256public:
3257 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
3258 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
3259 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003260 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003261
3262private:
3263 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
3264 /// this name within a particular scope.
3265 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
3266
3267 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
3268 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
3269
3270 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
3271 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
3272
3273 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
3274
3275public:
3276 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
3277 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
3278 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00003279 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx).second;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003280 }
3281
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003282 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
3283 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
3284 }
3285
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003286 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
3287 /// current scope.
3288 ///
3289 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
3290 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
3291 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
3292
3293 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003294 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
3295 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
3296 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003297};
3298
3299/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
3300class ShadowContextRAII {
3301 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
3302
3303 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
3304
3305public:
3306 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00003307 Visible.ShadowMaps.emplace_back();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003308 }
3309
3310 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003311 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
3312 }
3313};
3314
3315} // end anonymous namespace
3316
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003317NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
3318 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3319 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3320 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3321 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3322 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3323 if (Pos == SM->end())
3324 continue;
3325
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003326 for (auto *D : Pos->second) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003327 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003328 if (D->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003329 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003330 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3331 continue;
3332
3333 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003334 if (((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003335 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003336 D->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003337 continue;
3338
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003339 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3340 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3341 // signatures!
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003342 if (D->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003343 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003344 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003345 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003346
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003347 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003348 return D;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003349 }
3350 }
3351
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003352 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003353}
3354
3355static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3356 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003357 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003358 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3359 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003360 if (!Ctx)
3361 return;
3362
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003363 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3364 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3365 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003366
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003367 // Outside C++, lookup results for the TU live on identifiers.
3368 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx) &&
3369 !Result.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3370 auto &S = Result.getSema();
3371 auto &Idents = S.Context.Idents;
3372
3373 // Ensure all external identifiers are in the identifier table.
3374 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External = Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
3375 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
3376 for (StringRef Name = Iter->Next(); !Name.empty(); Name = Iter->Next())
3377 Idents.get(Name);
3378 }
3379
3380 // Walk all lookup results in the TU for each identifier.
3381 for (const auto &Ident : Idents) {
3382 for (auto I = S.IdResolver.begin(Ident.getValue()),
3383 E = S.IdResolver.end();
3384 I != E; ++I) {
3385 if (S.IdResolver.isDeclInScope(*I, Ctx)) {
3386 if (NamedDecl *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
3387 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3388 Visited.add(ND);
3389 }
3390 }
3391 }
3392 }
3393
3394 return;
3395 }
3396
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003397 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3398 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3399
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003400 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Richard Trieu20abd6b2015-04-15 03:48:48 +00003401 for (DeclContextLookupResult R : Ctx->lookups()) {
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003402 for (auto *D : R) {
3403 if (auto *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(D)) {
3404 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3405 Visited.add(ND);
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003406 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003407 }
3408 }
3409
3410 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3411 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3412 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00003413 for (auto I : Ctx->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00003414 LookupVisibleDecls(I->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003415 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003416 }
3417 }
3418
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003419 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003420 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003421 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3422 return;
3423
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00003424 for (const auto &B : Record->bases()) {
3425 QualType BaseType = B.getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003426
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003427 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3428 // there anyway.
3429 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3430 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003431
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003432 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3433 if (!Record)
3434 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003435
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003436 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3437 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3438 //
3439 // struct A { int member; };
3440 // struct B { int member; };
3441 // struct C : A, B { };
3442 //
3443 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3444 //
3445 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3446 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3447 // class, e.g.,
3448 //
3449 // c->B::member
3450 //
3451 // or
3452 //
3453 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003454
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003455 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3456 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3457 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003458 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003459 }
3460 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003461
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003462 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3463 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3464 // Traverse categories.
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003465 for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003466 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003467 LookupVisibleDecls(Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003468 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003469 }
3470
3471 // Traverse protocols.
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003472 for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003473 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003474 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003475 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003476 }
3477
3478 // Traverse the superclass.
3479 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3480 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3481 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003482 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003483 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003484
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003485 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3486 // synthesized ivars.
3487 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3488 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003489 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003490 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003491 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003492 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003493 for (auto *I : Protocol->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003494 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003495 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003496 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003497 }
3498 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003499 for (auto *I : Category->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003500 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003501 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003502 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003503 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003504
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003505 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3506 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3507 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003508 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003509 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003510 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003511 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003512}
3513
3514static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3515 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3516 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3517 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3518 if (!S)
3519 return;
3520
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003521 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3522 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003523 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3524 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003525 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003526 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
Aaron Ballman35c54952014-03-17 16:55:25 +00003527 for (auto *D : S->decls()) {
3528 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003529 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003530 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), nullptr, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003531 Visited.add(ND);
3532 }
3533 }
3534 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003535
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003536 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003537 DeclContext *Entity = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003538 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003539 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3540 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3541 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003542 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003543 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003544
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003545 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003546 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003547 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3548 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3549 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3550 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3551 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003552 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003553 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003554 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003555 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003556 }
3557
3558 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3559 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3560 // outer scope.
3561 break;
3562 }
3563
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003564 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3565 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003566
3567 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003568 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003569 }
3570 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3571 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3572 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3573 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3574 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3575 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3576 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003577 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003578 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003579 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003580 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003581 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003582 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003583 }
3584
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003585 if (Entity) {
3586 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3587 // directives.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +00003588 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity))
3589 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UUE.getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003590 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003591 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003592 }
3593
3594 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3595 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3596 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3597}
3598
3599void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003600 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3601 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003602 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3603 // unqualified name lookup.
3604 Scope *Initial = S;
3605 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003606 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003607 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3608 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3609 S = S->getParent();
3610
3611 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3612 }
3613 UDirs.done();
3614
3615 // Look for visible declarations.
3616 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003617 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003618 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003619 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3620 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003621 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3622 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3623}
3624
3625void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003626 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3627 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003628 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003629 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003630 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003631 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3632 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003633 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003634 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003635 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003636}
3637
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003638/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003639/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3640/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3641/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003642LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003643 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003644 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003645 NamedDecl *Res = nullptr;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003646
3647 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3648 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3649 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3650 Scope *S = CurScope;
3651 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3652 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3653 }
3654
3655 // Not a GNU local label.
3656 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3657 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3658 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003659 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003660 Res = nullptr;
3661 if (!Res) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003662 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003663 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3664 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003665 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3666 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003667 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003668 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3669}
3670
3671//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003672// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003673//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003674
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003675static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3676 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3677 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3678 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3679}
3680
3681static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3682 LookupResult &Res,
3683 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3684 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3685 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3686 bool EnteringContext,
3687 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3688 bool FindHidden);
3689
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003690/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
3691/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
3692/// a module' correction.
3693static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC) {
3694 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
3695 return;
3696
3697 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3698
3699 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3700 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3701 break;
3702 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
3703 if (DI == DE)
3704 return;
3705
3706 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3707 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3708
3709 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3710 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3711 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3712 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3713
3714 if (VisibleDecl) {
3715 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3716 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3717 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3718 NewDecls.clear();
3719 }
3720 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3721 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3722 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3723 }
3724
3725 if (NewDecls.empty())
3726 TC = TypoCorrection();
3727 else {
3728 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3729 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3730 }
3731}
3732
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003733// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3734// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3735// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3736static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3737 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3738 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3739 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3740 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3741 else
3742 Identifiers.clear();
3743
3744 const IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
3745
3746 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3747 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3748 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3749 break;
3750
3751 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3752 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3753 return;
3754 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3755 break;
3756
3757 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3758 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3759 break;
3760
3761 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3762 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3763 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3764 break;
3765
3766 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00003767 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003768 return;
3769 }
3770
3771 if (II)
3772 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3773}
3774
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003775void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003776 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003777 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3778 if (Hiding)
3779 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003780
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003781 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3782 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3783 // etc.).
3784 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3785 if (!Name)
3786 return;
3787
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003788 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3789 // names that exactly match.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003790 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name != Typo &&
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003791 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3792 return;
3793
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003794 FoundName(Name->getName());
3795}
3796
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003797void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003798 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3799 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003800 addName(Name, nullptr);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003801}
3802
3803void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3804 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3805 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003806 addName(Keyword, nullptr, nullptr, true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003807}
3808
3809void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3810 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003811 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3812 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003813 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
3814 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)TypoStr.size());
3815 if (MinED && TypoStr.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003816 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003817
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003818 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3819 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003820 unsigned UpperBound = (TypoStr.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3821 unsigned ED = TypoStr.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003822 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003823
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003824 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003825 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003826 TC.setCorrectionRange(nullptr, Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003827 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003828}
3829
Kaelyn Takatad2287c32014-10-27 18:07:13 +00003830static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3831
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003832void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003833 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003834 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003835
3836 // For very short typos, ignore potential corrections that have a different
3837 // base identifier from the typo or which have a normalized edit distance
3838 // longer than the typo itself.
3839 if (TypoStr.size() < 3 &&
3840 (Name != TypoStr || Correction.getEditDistance(true) > TypoStr.size()))
3841 return;
3842
3843 // If the correction is resolved but is not viable, ignore it.
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003844 if (Correction.isResolved()) {
3845 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Correction);
3846 if (!Correction || !isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Correction))
3847 return;
3848 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003849
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003850 TypoResultList &CList =
3851 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003852
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003853 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3854 CList.pop_back();
3855 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3856 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3857 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3858 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3859 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3860 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3861 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3862 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3863 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3864 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3865 *RI = Correction;
3866 return;
3867 }
3868 }
3869 }
3870 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3871 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003872
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003873 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003874 CorrectionResults.erase(std::prev(CorrectionResults.end()));
3875}
3876
3877void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addNamespaces(
3878 const llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> &KnownNamespaces) {
3879 SearchNamespaces = true;
3880
3881 for (auto KNPair : KnownNamespaces)
3882 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(KNPair.first);
3883
3884 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
3885 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3886 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3887 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
3888 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
3889 }
Richard Smith2a40fb72015-11-18 01:19:02 +00003890 // Do not transform this into an iterator-based loop. The loop body can
3891 // trigger the creation of further types (through lazy deserialization) and
3892 // invalide iterators into this list.
3893 auto &Types = SemaRef.getASTContext().getTypes();
3894 for (unsigned I = 0; I != Types.size(); ++I) {
3895 const auto *TI = Types[I];
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003896 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = TI->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3897 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
3898 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3899 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
3900 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
3901 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
3902 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(CD);
3903 }
3904 }
3905}
3906
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003907const TypoCorrection &TypoCorrectionConsumer::getNextCorrection() {
3908 if (++CurrentTCIndex < ValidatedCorrections.size())
3909 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3910
3911 CurrentTCIndex = ValidatedCorrections.size();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003912 while (!CorrectionResults.empty()) {
3913 auto DI = CorrectionResults.begin();
3914 if (DI->second.empty()) {
3915 CorrectionResults.erase(DI);
3916 continue;
3917 }
3918
3919 auto RI = DI->second.begin();
3920 if (RI->second.empty()) {
3921 DI->second.erase(RI);
3922 performQualifiedLookups();
3923 continue;
3924 }
3925
3926 TypoCorrection TC = RI->second.pop_back_val();
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003927 if (TC.isResolved() || TC.requiresImport() || resolveCorrection(TC)) {
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003928 ValidatedCorrections.push_back(TC);
3929 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3930 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003931 }
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003932 return ValidatedCorrections[0]; // The empty correction.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003933}
3934
3935bool TypoCorrectionConsumer::resolveCorrection(TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3936 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
3937 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00003938 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003939retry_lookup:
3940 LookupPotentialTypoResult(SemaRef, Result, Name, S, TempSS, TempMemberContext,
3941 EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00003942 CorrectionValidator->IsObjCIvarLookup,
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003943 Name == Typo && !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
3944 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
3945 case LookupResult::NotFound:
3946 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
3947 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
3948 if (TempSS) {
3949 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
3950 TempSS = nullptr;
3951 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
3952 goto retry_lookup;
3953 }
3954 if (TempMemberContext) {
3955 if (SS && !TempSS)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00003956 TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003957 TempMemberContext = nullptr;
3958 goto retry_lookup;
3959 }
3960 if (SearchNamespaces)
3961 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3962 break;
3963
3964 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
3965 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
3966 break;
3967
3968 case LookupResult::Found:
3969 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
3970 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
3971 for (auto *TRD : Result)
3972 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(TRD);
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003973 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Candidate);
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00003974 if (!isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Candidate)) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003975 if (SearchNamespaces)
3976 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3977 break;
3978 }
Kaelyn Takata20deb1d2015-01-28 00:46:09 +00003979 Candidate.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003980 return true;
3981 }
3982 return false;
3983}
3984
3985void TypoCorrectionConsumer::performQualifiedLookups() {
3986 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
3987 for (auto QR : QualifiedResults) {
3988 for (auto NSI : Namespaces) {
3989 DeclContext *Ctx = NSI.DeclCtx;
3990 const Type *NSType = NSI.NameSpecifier->getAsType();
3991
3992 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
3993 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
3994 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
3995 // is an appropriate correction.
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00003996 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl = NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() :
3997 nullptr) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003998 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
3999 continue;
4000 }
4001
4002 TypoCorrection TC(QR);
4003 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
4004 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NSI.NameSpecifier);
4005 TC.setQualifierDistance(NSI.EditDistance);
4006 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
4007
4008 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
4009 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
4010 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
4011 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
4012 if (QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo && TmpED &&
4013 TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
4014 continue;
4015
4016 Result.clear();
4017 Result.setLookupName(QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
4018 if (!SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Result, Ctx))
4019 continue;
4020
4021 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
4022 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
4023 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
4024 case LookupResult::Found:
4025 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
4026 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
4027 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
4028 std::string OldQualified;
4029 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
4030 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy());
4031 OldOStream << Typo->getName();
4032 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
4033 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
4034 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
4035 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
4036 break;
4037 }
4038 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = Result.begin(), TRDEnd = Result.end();
4039 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
4040 if (SemaRef.CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4041 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()
4042 : nullptr,
4043 TRD.getPair()) == Sema::AR_accessible)
4044 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
4045 }
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004046 if (TC.isResolved()) {
4047 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004048 addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004049 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004050 break;
4051 }
4052 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4053 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4054 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4055 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
4056 break;
4057 }
4058 }
4059 }
4060 QualifiedResults.clear();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004061}
4062
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004063TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::NamespaceSpecifierSet(
4064 ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext, CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramer15537272015-03-13 16:10:42 +00004065 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(buildContextChain(CurContext)) {
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004066 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
4067 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
4068 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
4069 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4070
4071 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4072 }
4073 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
4074 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
4075 // context.
4076 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
4077 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
4078 C != CEnd; ++C) {
4079 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C))
4080 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
4081 }
4082
4083 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004084 SpecifierInfo SI = {cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
4085 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1};
4086 DistanceMap[1].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004087}
4088
Kaelyn Takata7dcc0e62014-06-11 18:07:08 +00004089auto TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildContextChain(
4090 DeclContext *Start) -> DeclContextList {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00004091 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004092 DeclContextList Chain;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004093 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004094 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
4095 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
4096 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
4097 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
4098 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
4099 }
4100 return Chain;
4101}
4102
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004103unsigned
4104TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildNestedNameSpecifier(
4105 DeclContextList &DeclChain, NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004106 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
4107 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = DeclChain.rbegin(),
4108 CEnd = DeclChain.rend();
4109 C != CEnd; ++C) {
4110 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C)) {
4111 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
4112 ++NumSpecifiers;
4113 } else if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(*C)) {
4114 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
4115 RD->getTypeForDecl());
4116 ++NumSpecifiers;
4117 }
4118 }
4119 return NumSpecifiers;
4120}
4121
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004122void TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::addNameSpecifier(
4123 DeclContext *Ctx) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004124 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004125 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00004126 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(buildContextChain(Ctx));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004127 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
4128
4129 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
4130 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
4131 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
4132 C != CEnd && !NamespaceDeclChain.empty() &&
4133 NamespaceDeclChain.back() == *C; ++C) {
4134 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
4135 }
4136
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004137 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004138 NumSpecifiers = buildNestedNameSpecifier(NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004139
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004140 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
4141 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004142 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004143 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004144 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004145 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004146 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
4147 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004148 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004149 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
4150 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004151 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
4152 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004153 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
4154 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
4155 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4156 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4157 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4158 SpecifierOStream.flush();
4159 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004160 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004161 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
4162 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
4163 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
4164 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
4165 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
4166 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004167 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004168 }
4169 }
4170
4171 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
4172 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
4173 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
4174 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
4175 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
4176 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4177 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4178 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
Craig Topper8c2a2a02014-08-30 16:55:39 +00004179 llvm::makeArrayRef(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
4180 llvm::makeArrayRef(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004181 }
4182
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004183 SpecifierInfo SI = {Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers};
4184 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004185}
4186
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004187/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
4188static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
4189 LookupResult &Res,
4190 IdentifierInfo *Name,
4191 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4192 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4193 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004194 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
4195 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004196 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
4197 Res.clear();
4198 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004199 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004200 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004201 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004202 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004203 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4204 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
4205 Res.resolveKind();
4206 return;
4207 }
4208 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004209
Manman Ren5b786402016-01-28 18:49:28 +00004210 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(
4211 Name, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004212 Res.addDecl(Prop);
4213 Res.resolveKind();
4214 return;
4215 }
4216 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004217
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004218 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
4219 return;
4220 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004221
4222 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004223 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004224
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004225 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
4226 // LookupParsedName.
4227 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
4228 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004229 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004230 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
4231 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004232 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004233 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4234 Res.addDecl(IV);
4235 Res.resolveKind();
4236 }
4237 }
4238 }
4239}
4240
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004241/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
4242static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
4243 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004244 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4245 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4246 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4247 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
4248 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4249 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
4250 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
4251 return;
4252 }
4253
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004254 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
4255 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004256
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004257 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004258 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004259 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004260 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004261 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004262 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
4263 // storage-specifiers as well
4264 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
4265 };
4266
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004267 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004268 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
4269 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
4270
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004271 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004272 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004273 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004274 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004275 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004276 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
4277
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004278 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004279 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
4280 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
4281 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
4282
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004283 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004284 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
4285 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
4286 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
4287 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
4288 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
4289 }
4290 }
4291
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004292 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004293 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004294 } else if (CCC.WantFunctionLikeCasts) {
4295 static const char *const CastableTypeSpecs[] = {
4296 "char", "double", "float", "int", "long", "short",
4297 "signed", "unsigned", "void"
4298 };
4299 for (auto *kw : CastableTypeSpecs)
4300 Consumer.addKeywordResult(kw);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004301 }
4302
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004303 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004304 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
4305 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
4306 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
4307 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
4308 }
4309
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004310 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004311 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004312 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004313 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
4314 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
4315 }
4316
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004317 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004318 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004319 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
4320 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004321 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004322 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
4323 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
4324
4325 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
4326 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
4327 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
4328
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004329 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004330 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
4331 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
4332 }
4333 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00004334
4335 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
4336 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
4337 // is present.
4338 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
4339 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004340 }
4341
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004342 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004343 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
4344 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004345 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004346 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004347 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004348 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
4349 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
4350
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004351 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004352 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
4353 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
4354 }
4355
4356 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
4357 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
4358
4359 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
4360 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
4361
4362 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
4363 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
4364 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
4365 }
4366 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004367 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004368 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
4369 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4370 }
4371
4372 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
4373 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
4374 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
4375 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
4376 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
4377 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
4378 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
4379 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
4380 }
4381 }
4382
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004383 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004384 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
4385
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004386 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004387 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
4388 }
4389 }
4390}
4391
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004392std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Sema::makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4393 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4394 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4395 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
4396 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004397 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, bool ErrorRecovery) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004398
4399 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4400 DisableTypoCorrection)
4401 return nullptr;
4402
4403 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4404 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4405 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
4406 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
4407 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4408 return nullptr;
4409
4410 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
4411 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4412 if (!Typo)
4413 return nullptr;
4414
4415 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4416 // typos.
4417 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
4418 return nullptr;
4419
4420 // Never try to correct typos during template deduction or
4421 // instantiation.
4422 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
4423 return nullptr;
4424
4425 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4426 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4427 return nullptr;
4428
4429 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4430 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4431 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
4432 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
4433 return nullptr;
4434
4435 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4436 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4437 // remove this workaround.
Ulrich Weigand3c5038a2015-07-30 14:08:36 +00004438 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector) && Typo->isStr("vector"))
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004439 return nullptr;
4440
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004441 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4442 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4443 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4444 unsigned Limit = getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticOptions().SpellCheckingLimit;
4445 if (Limit && TyposCorrected >= Limit)
4446 return nullptr;
4447 ++TyposCorrected;
4448
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004449 // If we're handling a missing symbol error, using modules, and the
4450 // special search all modules option is used, look for a missing import.
4451 if (ErrorRecovery && getLangOpts().Modules &&
4452 getLangOpts().ModulesSearchAll) {
4453 // The following has the side effect of loading the missing module.
4454 getModuleLoader().lookupMissingImports(Typo->getName(),
4455 TypoName.getLocStart());
4456 }
4457
4458 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCCRef = *CCC;
4459 auto Consumer = llvm::make_unique<TypoCorrectionConsumer>(
4460 *this, TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
4461 EnteringContext);
4462
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004463 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004464 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004465 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
4466 if (MemberContext) {
4467 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4468
4469 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4470 if (OPT) {
4471 for (auto *I : OPT->quals())
4472 LookupVisibleDecls(I, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4473 }
4474 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
4475 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4476 if (!QualifiedDC)
4477 return nullptr;
4478
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004479 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4480 } else {
4481 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004482 }
4483
4484 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4485 // corrections.
4486 bool SearchNamespaces
4487 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4488 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
4489
4490 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
4491 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4492 // seen in this translation unit.
4493 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4494 for (const auto &I : Context.Idents)
4495 Consumer->FoundName(I.getKey());
4496
4497 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
4498 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4499 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4500 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
4501 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
4502 do {
4503 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4504 if (Name.empty())
4505 break;
4506
4507 Consumer->FoundName(Name);
4508 } while (true);
4509 }
4510 }
4511
4512 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, *Consumer, S, CCCRef, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
4513
4514 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4515 // to search those namespaces.
4516 if (SearchNamespaces) {
4517 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4518 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
4519 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
4520 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4521 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4522 for (auto *N : ExternalKnownNamespaces)
4523 KnownNamespaces[N] = true;
4524 }
4525
4526 Consumer->addNamespaces(KnownNamespaces);
4527 }
4528
4529 return Consumer;
4530}
4531
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004532/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4533/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4534/// present in the source code.
4535///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004536/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4537/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4538///
4539/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004540///
4541/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4542///
4543/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4544/// looking for, if present.
4545///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004546/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4547/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4548/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4549///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004550/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4551/// a member access expression.
4552///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004553/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004554/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4555///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004556/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4557/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4558///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004559/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4560/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4561/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4562/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4563TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4564 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4565 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004566 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004567 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004568 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4569 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004570 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4571 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004572 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypo requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4573
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004574 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4575 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4576 if (ExternalSource) {
4577 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004578 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004579 return Correction;
4580 }
4581
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004582 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4583 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4584 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4585 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
4586 bool ObjCMessageReceiver = CCC->WantObjCSuper && !CCC->WantRemainingKeywords;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004587
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004588 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004589 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4590 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004591 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004592
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004593 if (!Consumer)
4594 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004595
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004596 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004597 if (Consumer->empty())
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004598 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004599
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004600 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4601 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004602 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4603 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004604 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004605 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004606
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004607 TypoCorrection BestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
4608 TypoCorrection SecondBestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004609 if (!BestTC)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004610 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004611
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004612 ED = BestTC.getEditDistance();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004613
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004614 if (TypoLen >= 3 && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004615 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4616 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4617 // that no correction was found.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004618 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004619 }
4620
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004621 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004622 if (!SecondBestTC ||
4623 SecondBestTC.getEditDistance(false) > BestTC.getEditDistance(false)) {
4624 const TypoCorrection &Result = BestTC;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004625
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004626 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4627 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004628 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4629 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004630
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004631 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4632 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Kaelyn Takataa95ebc62014-06-17 23:47:29 +00004633 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC);
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004634 return TC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004635 } else if (SecondBestTC && ObjCMessageReceiver) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004636 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4637 // context.
4638
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004639 if (BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super") {
4640 if (SecondBestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() == "super")
4641 BestTC = SecondBestTC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004642 else if ((*Consumer)["super"].front().isKeyword())
4643 BestTC = (*Consumer)["super"].front();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004644 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004645 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4646 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004647 if (BestTC.getEditDistance() == 0 ||
4648 BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super")
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004649 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004650
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004651 BestTC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4652 return BestTC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004653 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004654
Kaelyn Takata73429fd2014-06-10 21:03:49 +00004655 // Record the failure's location if needed and return an empty correction. If
4656 // this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did not
4657 // filter out possible corrections, also cache the failure for the typo.
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004658 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure && !SecondBestTC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004659}
4660
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004661/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4662/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4663/// present in the source code.
4664///
4665/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4666/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4667///
4668/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
4669///
4670/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4671///
4672/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4673/// looking for, if present.
4674///
4675/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4676/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4677/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4678///
4679/// \param TDG A TypoDiagnosticGenerator functor that will be used to print
4680/// diagnostics when the actual typo correction is attempted.
4681///
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004682/// \param TRC A TypoRecoveryCallback functor that will be used to build an
4683/// Expr from a typo correction candidate.
4684///
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004685/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4686/// a member access expression.
4687///
4688/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
4689/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4690///
4691/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4692/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4693///
4694/// \returns a new \c TypoExpr that will later be replaced in the AST with an
4695/// Expr representing the result of performing typo correction, or nullptr if
4696/// typo correction is not possible. If nullptr is returned, no diagnostics will
4697/// be emitted and it is the responsibility of the caller to emit any that are
4698/// needed.
4699TypoExpr *Sema::CorrectTypoDelayed(
4700 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4701 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4702 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004703 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004704 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
4705 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT) {
4706 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypoDelayed requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4707
4708 TypoCorrection Empty;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004709 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4710 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004711 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004712
4713 if (!Consumer || Consumer->empty())
4714 return nullptr;
4715
4716 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4717 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
4718 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4719 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4720 if (ED > 0 && Typo->getName().size() / ED < 3)
4721 return nullptr;
4722
4723 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos++;
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004724 return createDelayedTypo(std::move(Consumer), std::move(TDG), std::move(TRC));
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004725}
4726
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004727void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4728 if (!CDecl) return;
4729
4730 if (isKeyword())
4731 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4732
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00004733 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004734
4735 if (!CorrectionName)
4736 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4737}
4738
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004739std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4740 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4741 std::string tmpBuffer;
4742 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4743 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004744 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004745 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004746 }
4747
4748 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004749}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004750
Nico Weberb58e51c2014-11-19 05:21:39 +00004751bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(
4752 const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004753 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4754 return true;
4755
4756 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4757 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4758 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4759
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004760 bool HasNonType = false;
4761 bool HasStaticMethod = false;
4762 bool HasNonStaticMethod = false;
4763 for (Decl *D : candidate) {
4764 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
4765 D = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4766 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4767 if (Method->isStatic())
4768 HasStaticMethod = true;
4769 else
4770 HasNonStaticMethod = true;
4771 }
4772 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(D))
4773 HasNonType = true;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004774 }
4775
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004776 if (IsAddressOfOperand && HasNonStaticMethod && !HasStaticMethod &&
4777 !candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier())
4778 return false;
4779
4780 return WantTypeSpecifiers || HasNonType;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004781}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004782
4783FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004784 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004785 MemberExpr *ME)
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004786 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004787 CurContext(SemaRef.CurContext), MemberFn(ME) {
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004788 WantTypeSpecifiers = false;
4789 WantFunctionLikeCasts = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NumArgs == 1;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004790 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4791}
4792
4793bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4794 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4795 return candidate.isKeyword();
4796
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004797 for (auto *C : candidate) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004798 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004799 NamedDecl *ND = C->getUnderlyingDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004800 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4801 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4802 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4803 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4804 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4805 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4806 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4807 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4808 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4809 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4810 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004811 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004812 return true;
4813 }
4814 }
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004815
4816 // Skip the current candidate if it is not a FunctionDecl or does not accept
4817 // the current number of arguments.
4818 if (!FD || !(FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4819 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs))
4820 continue;
4821
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004822 // If the current candidate is a non-static C++ method, skip the candidate
4823 // unless the method being corrected--or the current DeclContext, if the
4824 // function being corrected is not a method--is a method in the same class
4825 // or a descendent class of the candidate's parent class.
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004826 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004827 if (MemberFn || !MD->isStatic()) {
4828 CXXMethodDecl *CurMD =
4829 MemberFn
4830 ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberFn->getMemberDecl())
4831 : dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004832 CXXRecordDecl *CurRD =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004833 CurMD ? CurMD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004834 CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
4835 if (!CurRD || (CurRD != RD && !CurRD->isDerivedFrom(RD)))
4836 continue;
4837 }
4838 }
4839 return true;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004840 }
4841 return false;
4842}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004843
4844void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4845 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4846 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4847 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4848 ErrorRecovery);
4849}
4850
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004851/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4852/// the given declaration.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004853static NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(NamedDecl *D) {
4854 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004855 return VD->getDefinition();
4856 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004857 return FD->isDefined(FD) ? const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(FD) : nullptr;
4858 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004859 return TD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004860 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004861 return ID->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004862 if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004863 return PD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004864 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004865 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004866 return nullptr;
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004867}
4868
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004869void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
4870 bool NeedDefinition, bool Recover) {
4871 assert(!isVisible(Decl) && "missing import for non-hidden decl?");
4872
4873 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4874 // possible.
4875 NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4876 if (!Def)
4877 Def = Decl;
4878
4879 // FIXME: Add a Fix-It that imports the corresponding module or includes
4880 // the header.
4881 Module *Owner = getOwningModule(Decl);
4882 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4883
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004884 llvm::SmallVector<Module*, 8> OwningModules;
4885 OwningModules.push_back(Owner);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004886 auto Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Decl);
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004887 OwningModules.insert(OwningModules.end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
4888
4889 diagnoseMissingImport(Loc, Decl, Decl->getLocation(), OwningModules,
4890 NeedDefinition ? MissingImportKind::Definition
4891 : MissingImportKind::Declaration,
4892 Recover);
4893}
4894
4895void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation UseLoc, NamedDecl *Decl,
4896 SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4897 ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
4898 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover) {
4899 assert(!Modules.empty());
4900
4901 if (Modules.size() > 1) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004902 std::string ModuleList;
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004903 unsigned N = 0;
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004904 for (Module *M : Modules) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004905 ModuleList += "\n ";
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004906 if (++N == 5 && N != Modules.size()) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004907 ModuleList += "[...]";
4908 break;
4909 }
4910 ModuleList += M->getFullModuleName();
4911 }
4912
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004913 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_multiple)
4914 << (int)MIK << Decl << ModuleList;
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004915 } else {
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004916 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use)
4917 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName();
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004918 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004919
4920 unsigned DiagID;
4921 switch (MIK) {
4922 case MissingImportKind::Declaration:
4923 DiagID = diag::note_previous_declaration;
4924 break;
4925 case MissingImportKind::Definition:
4926 DiagID = diag::note_previous_definition;
4927 break;
4928 case MissingImportKind::DefaultArgument:
4929 DiagID = diag::note_default_argument_declared_here;
4930 break;
4931 }
4932 Diag(DeclLoc, DiagID);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004933
4934 // Try to recover by implicitly importing this module.
4935 if (Recover)
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004936 createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(UseLoc, Modules[0]);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004937}
4938
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004939/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
4940/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
4941///
4942/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
4943/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
4944/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
4945/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
4946/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
4947/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
4948/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
4949/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
4950/// to it.
4951void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4952 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4953 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
4954 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4955 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4956 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
4957 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4958 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
4959
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004960 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
4961 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00004962 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getFoundDecl();
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004963 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
4964
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004965 diagnoseMissingImport(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), Decl,
4966 /*NeedDefinition*/ false, ErrorRecovery);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004967 return;
4968 }
4969
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004970 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
4971 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
4972
4973 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00004974 Correction.isKeyword() ? nullptr : Correction.getFoundDecl();
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004975 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
4976 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
4977 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
4978}
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004979
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004980TypoExpr *Sema::createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
4981 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
4982 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004983 assert(TCC && "createDelayedTypo requires a valid TypoCorrectionConsumer");
4984 auto TE = new (Context) TypoExpr(Context.DependentTy);
4985 auto &State = DelayedTypos[TE];
4986 State.Consumer = std::move(TCC);
4987 State.DiagHandler = std::move(TDG);
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004988 State.RecoveryHandler = std::move(TRC);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004989 return TE;
4990}
4991
4992const Sema::TypoExprState &Sema::getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const {
4993 auto Entry = DelayedTypos.find(TE);
4994 assert(Entry != DelayedTypos.end() &&
4995 "Failed to get the state for a TypoExpr!");
4996 return Entry->second;
4997}
4998
4999void Sema::clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE) {
5000 DelayedTypos.erase(TE);
5001}
Richard Smithba3a4f92016-01-12 21:59:26 +00005002
5003void Sema::ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation IILoc, IdentifierInfo *II) {
5004 DeclarationNameInfo Name(II, IILoc);
5005 LookupResult R(*this, Name, LookupAnyName, Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
5006 R.suppressDiagnostics();
5007 R.setHideTags(false);
5008 LookupName(R, S);
5009 R.dump();
5010}